]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/hostap.git/blame - src/drivers/nl80211_copy.h
Add SAR V2 power selection capability (QCA vendor attributes)
[thirdparty/hostap.git] / src / drivers / nl80211_copy.h
CommitLineData
7e45830a
JM
1#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3/*
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5 *
01b350ed 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7e45830a
JM
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
d8cc23a4 9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
5645fbdc 10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
7e45830a
JM
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
caaaee07 13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
7e45830a
JM
14 *
15 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
16 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
17 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
18 *
19 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
20 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
21 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
22 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
23 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
24 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
25 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
26 *
27 */
28
a0563ac6
JM
29/*
30 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
31 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
32 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
33 *
34 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
35 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
36 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
37 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
38 * can actually be identified and removed.
39 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
40 */
41
a652fc1a
JM
42#include <linux/types.h>
43
f8a5fd42
JM
44#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
45
a0563ac6
JM
46#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
47#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
48#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
49#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
50#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
e76e950e 51#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
a0563ac6
JM
52#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
53
7e45830a
JM
54/**
55 * DOC: Station handling
56 *
57 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
58 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
59 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
60 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
61 * to.
62 *
3b365d4e
JM
63 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
64 * capabilities.
65 *
66 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
67 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
68 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
69 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
70 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
71 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
72 * time mark it authorized.
73 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
74 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
75 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
76 *
77 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
7e45830a
JM
78 */
79
7598389a
JM
80/**
81 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
82 *
83 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
84 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
85 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
86 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
87 * for various reasons.
88 *
89 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
90 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
91 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
92 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
93 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
94 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
95 * for doing that.
96 *
97 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
98 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
99 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
100 *
101 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
102 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
103 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
104 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
105 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
106 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
107 *
108 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
109 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
110 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
111 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
112 *
113 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
114 * below.
115 */
116
7aec3776
JM
117/**
118 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
119 *
120 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
121 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
122 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
123 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
124 *
125 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
126 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
127 * types there no concurrency is implied.
128 *
129 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
130 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
131 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
132 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
133 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
134 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
135 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
136 *
137 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
138 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
139 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
140 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
141 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
142 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
143 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
144 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
145 *
146 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
147 * interfaces that a given device supports.
148 */
149
35057433
JM
150/**
151 * DOC: packet coalesce support
152 *
153 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
154 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
155 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
156 * and power consumption.
157 *
158 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
159 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
160 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
161 * following events occur.
162 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
163 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
164 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
165 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
166 *
167 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
168 * rule.
169 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
170 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
171 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
172 * Multiple such rules can be created.
173 */
174
99576f6f
JM
175/**
176 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
177 *
178 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
179 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
180 * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared
181 * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting
182 * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared
183 * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not
184 * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY.
185 *
186 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
187 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
188 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload
189 * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS
190 * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the
191 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present.
192 *
193 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
194 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
195 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
196 */
197
46967736
JM
198/**
199 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
200 *
201 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
202 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
203 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
204 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
205 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
206 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
207 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
208 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
209 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
210 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
211 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
212 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
213 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
214 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
215 *
216 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
217 * below additional parameters to userspace.
218 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
219 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
220 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
221 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
222 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
223 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
224 *
225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
226 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
227 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
228 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
229 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
230 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
231 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
232 */
233
7e45830a
JM
234/**
235 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
236 *
237 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
238 *
239 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
240 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
241 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
242 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
ebeca8e3
JM
243 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the
244 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting
245 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
5645fbdc
JM
246 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
247 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.
7598389a
JM
248 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
249 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only.
7e45830a
JM
250 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
251 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
252 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
253 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
254 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
255 *
256 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
a0563ac6
JM
257 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
258 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
7e45830a
JM
259 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
260 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
261 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
262 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
263 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
264 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
265 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
266 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
267 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
268 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
269 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
270 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
271 *
272 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
273 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
e834272f
JM
274 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
275 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
7e45830a 276 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
a652fc1a
JM
277 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
278 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
7e45830a
JM
279 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
280 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
281 *
17e729d4
JM
282 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
283 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
284 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
285 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
286 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
287 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
288 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
289 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
290 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
291 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
d8cc23a4
JM
292 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
293 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
294 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
cd8db7c3
JM
295 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
296 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
e7381b84 297 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
ebeca8e3 298 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width.
17e729d4
JM
299 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
300 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
301 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
7e45830a
JM
302 *
303 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
304 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
305 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
306 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
307 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
308 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
309 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
310 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
d308d1a8
JM
311 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
312 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
313 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
314 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
315 * frame).
7e45830a
JM
316 *
317 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
318 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
319 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
320 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
321 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
322 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
7aec3776
JM
323 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
324 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
325 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
326 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
7e45830a
JM
327 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
328 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
329 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
330 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
331 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
332 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
333 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
334 *
b938903e 335 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
a0563ac6
JM
336 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
337 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
338 * global regdomain will be returned.
339 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
340 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
341 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
342 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
343 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
344 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
345 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
346 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
347 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
7e45830a
JM
348 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
349 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
350 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
351 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
352 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
353 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
354 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
355 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
356 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
357 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
358 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
7598389a 359 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
7e45830a
JM
360 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
361 *
7aec3776 362 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
7e45830a
JM
363 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
364 *
7aec3776 365 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
7e45830a
JM
366 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
367 *
b0e8a05a
JM
368 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
369 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
370 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
371 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
372 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
373 * added to all specified management frames generated by
374 * kernel/firmware/driver.
ac184de0
JM
375 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
376 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
377 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
378 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
379 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
380 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
b0e8a05a 381 *
b938903e
JM
382 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
383 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
15e2c77d 384 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
d07f450d 385 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
7405bb06
JM
386 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
387 * be used.
b938903e
JM
388 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
389 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
390 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
391 * partial scan results may be available
392 *
7aec3776 393 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
5ef0b843
JM
394 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
395 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
396 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
397 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
398 * These attributes are mutually exculsive,
399 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
400 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
401 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
402 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
7aec3776
JM
403 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
404 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
405 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
406 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
407 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
408 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
409 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
410 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
a0563ac6
JM
411 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
412 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
99576f6f
JM
413 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
414 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
415 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
78cd7e69
JM
416 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
417 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
418 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
7aec3776
JM
419 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
420 * results available.
421 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
422 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
423 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
424 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
425 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
426 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
427 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
428 *
09eac1ac
JM
429 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
430 * or noise level
431 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
432 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
433 *
46967736
JM
434 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
435 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
436 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
437 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
438 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
439 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
440 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
441 * ESS.
e7381b84 442 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
46967736
JM
443 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
444 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
445 * authentication.
e7381b84
JM
446 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
447 *
b21fab69
JM
448 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
449 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
450 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
451 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
452 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
453 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
454 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
455 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
456 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
457 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
5645fbdc
JM
458 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
459 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
460 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
461 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
462 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
463 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
464 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
465 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
466 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
467 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
468 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
469 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
470 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
471 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
472 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
473 * the beacon hint was processed.
b21fab69
JM
474 *
475 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
476 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
477 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
478 * authentication process.
479 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
480 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
481 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
482 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
483 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
484 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
485 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to
486 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs)
487 * to be added to the frame.
488 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
489 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
490 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
491 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
492 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
da1fb17c
JM
493 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
494 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
495 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
496 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
497 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
498 * pending authentication timed out).
b21fab69
JM
499 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
500 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
501 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
7405bb06
JM
502 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
503 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
504 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
505 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
506 * included).
b21fab69
JM
507 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
508 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
509 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
510 * primitives).
511 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
512 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
513 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
514 *
ac184de0
JM
515 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
516 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
517 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
518 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
519 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
520 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
521 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
522 *
5645fbdc
JM
523 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
524 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
525 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
526 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
527 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
e572fa33
JM
528 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
529 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
530 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
5645fbdc
JM
531 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
532 * determined by the network interface.
533 *
9932c17f
JM
534 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
535 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
536 * to the driver.
537 *
538 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
539 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
540 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
541 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
cd8db7c3
JM
542 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
543 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
56ec49c5
JM
544 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
545 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
546 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
547 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
548 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
549 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
550 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
551 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
552 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
553 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
554 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
555 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
7405bb06
JM
556 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
557 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
558 * a different BSS is desired.
17e729d4
JM
559 * Background scan period can optionally be
560 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
561 * if not specified default background scan configuration
562 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
563 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
9932c17f
JM
564 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
565 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
c6edea0d
JM
566 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
567 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
568 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
569 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
570 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
571 * well to remain backwards compatible.
99576f6f
JM
572 * When establishing a security association, drivers that support 4 way
573 * handshake offload should send %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event when
574 * the 4 way handshake is completed successfully.
575 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
576 * When a security association was established with the new AP (e.g. if
577 * the FT protocol was used for roaming or the driver completed the 4 way
578 * handshake), this event should be followed by an
579 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
9932c17f
JM
580 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
581 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
582 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
583 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
584 *
585 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
586 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
587 *
d7c53e43
JM
588 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
589 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
590 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
591 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
257a5152
JM
592 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
593 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
ebeca8e3 594 * frequency for the operation.
d7c53e43
JM
595 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
596 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
597 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
598 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
599 * radio).
600 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
601 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
602 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
603 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
604 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
605 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
606 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
607 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
608 * uniquely identify the request.
609 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
610 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
611 *
ae585928
JM
612 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
613 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
614 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
615 *
7598389a
JM
616 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
617 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
618 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
619 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
620 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
621 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
622 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
623 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
624 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
625 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
626 * backward compatibility
627 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
628 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
629 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
01b350ed
JM
630 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
631 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
ebeca8e3
JM
632 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
633 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
634 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
635 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
636 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
278ef89f
JM
637 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
638 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
639 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
15e2c77d
JM
640 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
641 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
01cb5df2
JM
642 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
643 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
644 * is used during CSA period.
278ef89f
JM
645 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
646 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
647 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.
7598389a
JM
648 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
649 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
650 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
01b350ed
JM
651 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
652 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
653 * the frame.
7598389a
JM
654 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
655 * backward compatibility.
e7381b84
JM
656 *
657 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
658 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
659 *
d43331b6
JM
660 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
661 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
662 * levels.
663 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
664 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
665 * reached.
7598389a 666 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
ebeca8e3
JM
667 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
668 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
7598389a
JM
669 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
670 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
671 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
672 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
673 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
674 * precedence when they are used.
01b350ed 675 *
257a5152
JM
676 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
677 *
5f2c0a22
JM
678 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
679 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
680 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
681 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
682 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
683 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
684 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
685 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
686 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
687 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
688 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
689 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
690 * command, the feature is disabled.
691 *
278ef89f
JM
692 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
693 * mesh config parameters may be given.
694 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
695 * network is determined by the network interface.
696 *
697 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
698 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
699 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
700 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
701 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
702 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
703 *
7aec3776
JM
704 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
705 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
706 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
3b365d4e
JM
707 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
708 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
709 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
710 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
711 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
7aec3776
JM
712 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
713 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
714 * depending on the authentication result.
715 *
716 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
717 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
718 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
719 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
720 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
721 * more background information, see
722 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
cd8db7c3
JM
723 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
724 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
725 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
726 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
727 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
728 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
7aec3776
JM
729 *
730 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
731 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
732 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
733 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
734 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
735 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
736 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
737 *
c8c71b39
JM
738 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
739 * of PMKSA caching dandidates.
740 *
15e2c77d 741 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
3d83a6b9
JM
742 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
743 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
744 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
745 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
746 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
747 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
9fcd300d
JM
748 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
749 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
750 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
751 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
752 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
753 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
754 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
755 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
15e2c77d 756 *
7a5257bb
JM
757 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
758 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
759 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
760 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
761 * is received.
762 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
763 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
764 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
765 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
766 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
767 *
768 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
769 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
770 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
771 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
772 *
773 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
774 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
775 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
776 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
777 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
778 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
779 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
780 *
781 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
782 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
783 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
784 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
785 *
ad612c2a
JM
786 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
787 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
788 *
93bcb705
JM
789 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
790 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
ebeca8e3 791 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
ca16586a
JM
792 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
793 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
794 * from the remote AP) is completed;
795 *
796 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
797 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
798 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
799 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
800 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
801 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
802 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
803 * interfaces to change channel as well.
93bcb705 804 *
90502909
JM
805 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
806 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
807 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
808 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
809 * public action frame TX.
810 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
811 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
812 *
813 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
814 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
815 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
816 * is used for this.
817 *
3d83a6b9
JM
818 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
819 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
820 *
cd8db7c3
JM
821 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
822 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
823 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
824 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
825 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
826 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
827 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
828 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
829 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
830 *
542e7c40
JM
831 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
832 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
833 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
834 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
835 * while operating on this channel.
836 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
837 * event.
838 *
3b365d4e
JM
839 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
840 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
841 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
842 *
843 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
844 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
845 *
846 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
847 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
848 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
849 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
850 *
03565bc2
JM
851 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
852 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
853 * complete.
854 *
855 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
856 * return back to normal.
857 *
35057433
JM
858 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
859 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
860 *
861 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
862 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
863 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
864 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
865 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
866 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
867 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
868 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
869 * switch is complete.
870 *
9fcd300d
JM
871 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
872 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
873 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
874 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
875 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
876 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
877 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
878 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
879 *
74ddd64b
JM
880 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
881 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
882 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
883 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
884 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
885 *
01cb5df2
JM
886 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
887 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
888 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
889 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
890 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
891 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
892 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
893 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
894 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
895 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
896 * fail even if the check was successful.
897 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
898 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
899 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
900 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
901 *
d308d1a8
JM
902 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
903 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
904 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
905 *
906 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
907 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
908 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
909 * network is determined by the network interface.
910 *
ca16586a
JM
911 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
912 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
913 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
914 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
915 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
916 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
917 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
918 * AP.
919 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
920 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
921 * when this command completes.
922 *
a0563ac6
JM
923 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
924 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
925 * management.
926 *
5ef0b843
JM
927 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
928 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
929 * cfg80211_scan_done().
930 *
e76e950e 931 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
caaaee07
JM
932 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
933 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
934 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
935 * cluster. This command must have a valid
936 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
937 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
938 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
939 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
940 * added.
e76e950e
JM
941 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
942 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
943 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
944 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
945 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
946 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
947 * of the function upon success.
948 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
949 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
950 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
951 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
952 * which just terminated.
953 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
954 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
955 * the response to this command.
956 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
957 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
958 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
959 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
960 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
caaaee07
JM
961 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
962 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
963 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
964 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
965 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
966 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
967 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
968 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
e76e950e
JM
969 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
970 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
971 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
972 *
5f2c0a22
JM
973 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
974 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
975 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
976 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
977 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
978 *
99576f6f
JM
979 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
980 * for the given authenticator address (specified with &NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
981 * When &NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, &NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
982 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
983 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
984 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
985 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
986 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates that the 4 way
987 * handshake was completed successfully by the driver. The BSSID is
988 * specified with &NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Drivers that support 4 way handshake
989 * offload should send this event after indicating 802.11 association with
990 * &NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or &NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed
991 * &NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT should be indicated instead.
992 *
993 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
994 *
995 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
996 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
997 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
998 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
999 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1000 * driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1001 *
1002 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1003 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1004 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1005 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1006 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1007 * further with the association after getting successful authentication
1008 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1009 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1010 * command interface.
1011 *
1012 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1013 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1014 * initiated the connection through the connect request.
1015 *
1016 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1017 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of &NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1018 * &NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,&NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1019 * address(specified in &NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1020 *
7e45830a
JM
1021 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1022 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1023 */
1024enum nl80211_commands {
7aec3776 1025/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
7e45830a
JM
1026 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1027
1028 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
1029 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1030 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1031 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1032
1033 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
1034 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1035 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1036 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1037
1038 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1039 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1040 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1041 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1042
1043 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1044 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
17e729d4
JM
1045 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1046 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1047 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1048 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
7e45830a
JM
1049
1050 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1051 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1052 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1053 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1054
1055 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1056 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1057 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1058 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1059
1060 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1061
1062 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1063 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1064
7aec3776
JM
1065 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1066 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
7e45830a 1067
ac184de0 1068 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
b0e8a05a 1069
b938903e
JM
1070 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1071
1072 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1073 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1074 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1075 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1076
b21fab69
JM
1077 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1078
1079 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1080 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1081 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1082 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1083
ac184de0
JM
1084 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1085
5645fbdc
JM
1086 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1087
1088 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1089 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1090
9932c17f
JM
1091 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1092
1093 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1094 NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1095 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1096
1097 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1098
09eac1ac
JM
1099 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1100 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1101
1102 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1103 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1104 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1105
d7c53e43
JM
1106 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1107 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1108
ae585928
JM
1109 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1110
7598389a
JM
1111 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1112 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1113 NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1114 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1115 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1116 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
01b350ed 1117
d43331b6
JM
1118 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1119 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1120
1121 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1122 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1123
7598389a 1124 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
257a5152 1125 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
7598389a 1126
278ef89f
JM
1127 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1128
1129 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1130 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1131
1132 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1133 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1134
7aec3776
JM
1135 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1136
1137 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1138 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1139
1140 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1141 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1142 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1143 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1144
1145 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1146
c8c71b39
JM
1147 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1148
15e2c77d
JM
1149 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1150 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1151
7a5257bb
JM
1152 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1153
1154 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1155
1156 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1157
1158 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1159
ad612c2a
JM
1160 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1161
93bcb705
JM
1162 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1163
90502909
JM
1164 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1165 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1166
1167 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1168
3d83a6b9
JM
1169 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1170
cd8db7c3
JM
1171 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1172
542e7c40
JM
1173 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1174
3b365d4e
JM
1175 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1176
1177 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1178 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1179
03565bc2
JM
1180 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1181 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1182
35057433
JM
1183 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1184 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1185
1186 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1187
9fcd300d
JM
1188 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1189
74ddd64b
JM
1190 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1191
01cb5df2
JM
1192 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1193 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1194
d308d1a8
JM
1195 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1196
1197 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1198 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1199
ca16586a
JM
1200 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1201
1202 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1203 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1204
a0563ac6
JM
1205 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1206
5ef0b843
JM
1207 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1208
e76e950e
JM
1209 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1210 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1211 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1212 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1213 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1214 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1215
5f2c0a22
JM
1216 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1217
1218 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1219
99576f6f
JM
1220 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1221 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1222
1223 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1224
1225 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1226
1227 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1228
1229 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1230
7e45830a
JM
1231 /* add new commands above here */
1232
1233 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1234 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1235 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1236};
1237
1238/*
1239 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1240 * here
1241 */
1242#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
b0e8a05a 1243#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
b21fab69
JM
1244#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1245#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1246#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1247#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1248#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
5645fbdc 1249#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
7e45830a 1250
7a5257bb
JM
1251#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1252
7aec3776
JM
1253/* source-level API compatibility */
1254#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1255#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1256#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1257
7e45830a
JM
1258/**
1259 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1260 *
1261 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1262 *
1263 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1264 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1265 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1266 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
ebeca8e3
JM
1267 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1268 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1269 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1270 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1271 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1272 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1273 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1274 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1275 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1276 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth
1277 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1278 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
ac43f1fa 1279 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
ebeca8e3 1280 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
ac43f1fa 1281 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
7e45830a 1282 * this attribute)
ac43f1fa
JM
1283 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1284 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1285 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
ebeca8e3 1286 * This attribute is now deprecated.
5645fbdc
JM
1287 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1288 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1289 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1290 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1291 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1292 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1293 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1294 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1295 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1296 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1297 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1298 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
ae585928
JM
1299 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1300 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
7e45830a
JM
1301 *
1302 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1303 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1304 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1305 *
d99619b2
JM
1306 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1307 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1308 *
7e45830a
JM
1309 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1310 *
1311 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1312 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1313 * keys
1314 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1315 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1316 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1317 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1318 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
e7381b84
JM
1319 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1320 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1321 * default management key
1322 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1323 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1324 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1325 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
7e45830a
JM
1326 *
1327 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1328 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1329 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1330 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1331 *
1332 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1333 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
a652fc1a 1334 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
7e45830a
JM
1335 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1336 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1337 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1338 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1339 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1340 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1341 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to.
1342 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1343 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1344 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1345 *
1346 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1347 * consisting of a nested array.
1348 *
1349 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
3b365d4e
JM
1350 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1351 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
7e45830a
JM
1352 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1353 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1354 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1355 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1356 *
1357 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1358 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1359 *
1360 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1361 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1362 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1363 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1364 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1365 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
35057433 1366 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
7e45830a
JM
1367 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1368 * to a specific alpha2.
1369 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1370 * rules.
1371 *
1372 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1373 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1374 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1375 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1376 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1377 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1378 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1379 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1380 *
1381 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1382 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1383 *
1384 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1385 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1386 * of the interface mode.
1387 *
b0e8a05a
JM
1388 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1389 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1390 *
1391 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1392 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1393 *
b938903e
JM
1394 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1395 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
d8cc23a4
JM
1396 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1397 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
ac184de0
JM
1398 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1399 * that can be added to a scan request
d8cc23a4
JM
1400 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1401 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
a8b8379a
JM
1402 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1403 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
b938903e
JM
1404 *
1405 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1406 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1407 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
b938903e
JM
1408 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1409 *
b21fab69
JM
1410 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1411 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1412 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1413 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1414 *
1415 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1416 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1417 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1418 *
1419 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1420 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1421 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1422 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1423 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1424 * represented as a u32
1425 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1426 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1427 *
ac184de0
JM
1428 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1429 * a u32
1430 *
5645fbdc
JM
1431 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1432 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1433 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1434 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1435 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1436 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1437 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1438 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1439 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1440 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1441 *
1442 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1443 * cipher suites
1444 *
1445 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1446 * for other networks on different channels
1447 *
da1fb17c
JM
1448 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1449 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1450 *
e572fa33
JM
1451 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1452 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
99576f6f
JM
1453 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1454 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1455 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1456 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1457 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1458 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
e572fa33 1459 *
a652fc1a
JM
1460 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1461 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1462 *
1463 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1464 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1465 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1466 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1467 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1468 * default in station mode.
7598389a
JM
1469 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1470 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1471 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1472 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1473 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1474 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1475 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1476 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1477 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
a652fc1a 1478 *
9932c17f
JM
1479 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1480 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1481 *
1482 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1483 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1484 * a local disconnect request.
1485 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1486 * event (u16)
1487 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
d8cc23a4
JM
1488 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1489 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
9932c17f 1490 *
d8cc23a4
JM
1491 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1492 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
9932c17f 1493 * (an array of u32).
d8cc23a4
JM
1494 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1495 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1496 * u32).
1497 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1498 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
9932c17f 1499 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
d8cc23a4
JM
1500 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1501 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
9932c17f
JM
1502 *
1503 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1504 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1505 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1506 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1507 *
7405bb06
JM
1508 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1509 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1510 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1511 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1512 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
9932c17f
JM
1513 *
1514 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1515 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1516 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1517 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1518 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1519 *
1520 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1521 *
1522 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1523 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1524 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1525 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1526 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1527 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1528 * completely from scratch.
1529 *
09eac1ac
JM
1530 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1531 *
1532 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1533 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1534 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1535 *
1536 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1537 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1538 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1539 *
d7c53e43 1540 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
278ef89f
JM
1541 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1542 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1543 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
d7c53e43
JM
1544 *
1545 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1546 *
ae585928
JM
1547 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1548 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1549 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1550 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1551 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
e76e950e
JM
1552 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1553 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1554 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1555 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1556 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1557 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and
1558 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT.
ae585928 1559 *
01b350ed 1560 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
7598389a
JM
1561 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1562 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1563 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1564 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1565 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1566 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1567 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1568 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1569 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1570 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
01b350ed
JM
1571 *
1572 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1573 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1574 *
e7381b84
JM
1575 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1576 *
d43331b6
JM
1577 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1578 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1579 *
27cf8871
JM
1580 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1581 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1582 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1583 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1584 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1585 *
7598389a
JM
1586 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1587 * connected to this BSS.
1588 *
1589 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1590 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1591 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1592 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1593 * for non-automatic settings.
1594 *
257a5152
JM
1595 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1596 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1597 *
278ef89f
JM
1598 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1599 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1600 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1601 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1602 *
1603 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1604 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1605 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1606 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1607 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1608 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1609 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1610 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1611 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1612 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1613 *
1614 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1615 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1616 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1617 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
7aec3776
JM
1618 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1619 *
1620 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1621 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1622 *
1623 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1624 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
278ef89f
JM
1625 *
1626 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1627 *
1628 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1629 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1630 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1631 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1632 * nl80211 capability flag.
1633 *
e7381b84 1634 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
278ef89f
JM
1635 *
1636 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1637 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1638 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1639 *
7aec3776
JM
1640 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
1641 * changed once the mesh is active.
1642 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1643 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1644 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1645 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1646 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
3b365d4e
JM
1647 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1648 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1649 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1650 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
7aec3776 1651 *
d8cc23a4
JM
1652 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1653 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
7aec3776
JM
1654 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1655 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1656 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1657 * triggers.
e7381b84 1658 *
7aec3776
JM
1659 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1660 * cycles, in msecs.
e7381b84 1661 *
a8b8379a
JM
1662 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1663 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
1664 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
1665 * pass-thru filter rules.
1666 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1667 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1668 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1669 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1670 * able to ignore them by itself.
1671 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1672 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1673 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1674 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1675 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1676 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1677 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1678 * If ommited, no filtering is done.
7aec3776
JM
1679 *
1680 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1681 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1682 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1683 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1684 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1685 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1686 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1687 *
e7381b84 1688 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
7aec3776
JM
1689 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1690 *
d8cc23a4
JM
1691 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1692 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1693 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1694 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1695 *
1696 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1697 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1698 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1699 *
1700 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1701 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1702 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1703 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1704 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1705 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1706 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1707 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1708 * (Re)Association Request frames.
1709 *
a8b8379a
JM
1710 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1711 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1712 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1713 * as AP.
1714 *
1715 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1716 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1717 *
c8c71b39
JM
1718 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1719 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1720 *
15e2c77d
JM
1721 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1722 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1723 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1724 * applications use this attribute.
1725 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1726 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1727 *
1728 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1729 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1730 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1731 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1732 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
1733 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1734 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1735 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1736 * as a TDLS peer sta.
1737 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1738 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1739 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1740 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1741 *
7a5257bb
JM
1742 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1743 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1744 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1745 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1746 *
1747 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1748 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1749 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1750 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1751 *
1752 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1753 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1754 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
7a5257bb
JM
1755 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
1756 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1757 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1758 *
1759 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1760 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1761 * to be filled by the FW.
ad612c2a
JM
1762 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1763 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1764 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
1765 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
1766 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
1767 * The values that may be configured are:
1768 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
1769 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
1770 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
1771 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
1772 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1773 *
1774 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
1775 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
1776 * to one DFS region.
1777 *
1778 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
1779 * up to 16 TIDs.
7a5257bb 1780 *
17e729d4
JM
1781 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
1782 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
1783 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the staion entry from
1784 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
1785 * capability to timeout the stations.
1786 *
1787 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
1788 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
1789 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1790 *
1791 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
1792 * or 0 to disable background scan.
1793 *
d99619b2
JM
1794 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
1795 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
1796 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
1797 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
1798 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
1799 *
90502909
JM
1800 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
1801 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
1802 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
1803 *
e76e950e
JM
1804 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
1805 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
1806 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
1807 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
1808 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
1809 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
1810 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
1811 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
1812 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
1813 * consistent.
516059c7
JM
1814 *
1815 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
1816 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1817 *
1818 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
1819 *
ebeca8e3
JM
1820 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
1821 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
1822 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
1823 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
1824 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
1825 * no change is made.
1826 *
cd8db7c3
JM
1827 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
1828 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
1829 *
1830 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
1831 * carried in a u32 attribute
1832 *
1833 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
1834 * MAC ACL.
1835 *
1836 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
1837 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
1838 * ACL.
1839 *
542e7c40
JM
1840 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
1841 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
1842 *
1843 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1844 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
1845 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
1846 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1847 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
1848 *
1849 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
1850 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
1851 *
1852 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
1853 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
1854 * and PU-APSD.
1855 *
3b365d4e
JM
1856 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
1857 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
1858 *
1859 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
1860 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
1861 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
1862 *
1863 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
1864 *
1865 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
1866 * Element
1867 *
03565bc2
JM
1868 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
1869 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
1870 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
1871 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
1872 *
f8a5fd42
JM
1873 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
1874 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
1875 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
1876 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
1877 *
35057433
JM
1878 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
1879 *
1880 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
1881 * until the channel switch event.
1882 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
1883 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
1884 * operation).
1885 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
1886 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
01cb5df2
JM
1887 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1888 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
1889 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1890 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
35057433
JM
1891 *
1892 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
1893 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
1894 *
1895 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
1896 *
1897 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
1898 * supported operating classes.
1899 *
1900 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
1901 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
1902 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
1903 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
1904 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
1905 * IBSS network.
1906 *
9fcd300d
JM
1907 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1908 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
1909 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1910 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
1911 *
1912 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
1913 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
14fa723a
JM
1914 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
1915 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
1916 * u8 attribute.
9fcd300d
JM
1917 *
1918 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
1919 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
1920 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
1921 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
1922 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
74ddd64b
JM
1923 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
1924 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
1925 *
1926 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
1927 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
1928 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
9fcd300d 1929 *
56ec49c5
JM
1930 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
1931 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
1932 *
1933 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
1934 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
1935 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
1936 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
1937 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
1938 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
1939 *
01cb5df2
JM
1940 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
1941 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
1942 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
1943 * supported number of csa counters.
1944 *
78cd7e69
JM
1945 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
1946 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
1947 *
ca16586a 1948 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
30575183 1949 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
ca16586a 1950 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
a0563ac6
JM
1951 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
1952 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
1953 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
1954 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
1955 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
1956 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
1957 * cleared when the socket is closed.
e76e950e 1958 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
99576f6f
JM
1959 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
1960 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
1961 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
1962 * multicast group.
d07f450d
JM
1963 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
1964 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
30575183 1965 *
01cb5df2
JM
1966 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
1967 * the TDLS link initiator.
1968 *
1969 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
1970 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
1971 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
1972 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
1973 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
1974 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
1975 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
7405bb06
JM
1976 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
1977 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
01cb5df2
JM
1978 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
1979 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
1980 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
1981 *
1982 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
1983 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
1984 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
1985 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
1986 * setting valid value for coverage class.
1987 *
1988 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
1989 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
1990 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
1991 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
1992 *
1993 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
1994 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
1995 *
ca16586a
JM
1996 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
1997 *
1998 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
1999 *
a0563ac6
JM
2000 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2001 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2002 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2003 * cfg80211 regdomain.
2004 *
2005 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2006 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2007 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2008 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2009 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2010 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
2011 *
2012 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2013 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2014 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2015 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2016 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2017 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2018 * over all channels.
2019 *
dd9a42ef 2020 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
5ef0b843
JM
2021 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2022 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2023 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
a0563ac6
JM
2024
2025 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2026 * is operating in an indoor environment.
2027 *
5ef0b843
JM
2028 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2029 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2030 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2031 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2032 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2033 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2034 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2035 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2036 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2037 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2038 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2039 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
afa453a2
JM
2040 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2041 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2042 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2043 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
7405bb06
JM
2044 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2045 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2046 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2047 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2048 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2049 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2050 *
2051 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2052 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
5ef0b843 2053 *
c6edea0d
JM
2054 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2055 *
2056 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2057 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2058 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
2059 * interface type.
2060 *
e3227c32
JM
2061 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2062 * groupID for monitor mode.
2063 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2064 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2065 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2066 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
2067 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2068 * each group.
2069 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2070 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
2071 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2072 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2073 * groupID data.
2074 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2075 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2076 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2077 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2078 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2079 *
2080 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2081 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2082 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2083 * attribute must not be included).
2084 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2085 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2086 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2087 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2088 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2089 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2090 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2091 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2092 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2093 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2094 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2095 *
2096 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2097 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2098 *
e76e950e
JM
2099 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2100 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2101 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2102 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2103 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
caaaee07
JM
2104 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2105 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2106 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2107 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2108 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2109 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2110 * the device will decide what to use.
e76e950e
JM
2111 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2112 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2113 * attribute.
2114 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2115 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2116 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2117 * protection.
2118 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2119 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2120 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2121 *
5f2c0a22
JM
2122 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2123 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2124 *
d07f450d
JM
2125 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2126 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2127 *
14fa723a
JM
2128 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2129 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2130 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2131 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2132 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2133 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2134 * unnecessary wakeups.
2135 *
2136 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2137 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2138 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparision to figure out
2139 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2140 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2141 *
2142 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2143 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2144 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2145 *
46967736
JM
2146 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2147 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2148 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2149 *
2150 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2151 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2152 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2153 *
2154 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2155 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2156 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2157 *
2158 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2159 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2160 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2161 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2162 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2163 *
2164 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2165 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2166 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2167 *
99576f6f
JM
2168 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2169 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2170 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way
2171 * handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is
2172 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute
2173 * specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well.
2174 *
2175 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2176 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2177 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2178 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2179 *
2180 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2181 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2182 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2183 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2184 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2185 *
2186 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2187 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2188 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2189 * &NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2190 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2191 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2192 * only with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request. The driver may offload
2193 * authentication processing to user space if this capability is indicated
2194 * in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests from the user space.
2195 *
2196 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
2197 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
46967736 2198 *
ca16586a 2199 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
7e45830a
JM
2200 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2201 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2202 */
2203enum nl80211_attrs {
7aec3776 2204/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
7e45830a
JM
2205 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2206
2207 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2208 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2209
2210 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2211 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2212 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2213
2214 NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2215
2216 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2217 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2218 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2219 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2220 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2221
2222 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2223 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2224 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2225 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2226
2227 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2228 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2229 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2230 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2231 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2232 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2233
2234 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2235
2236 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2237
2238 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2239 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2240 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2241 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2242
2243 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2244 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2245 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2246
2247 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2248
2249 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2250
2251 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2252 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2253
7aec3776 2254 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
7e45830a
JM
2255
2256 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2257
2258 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2259 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
ac43f1fa 2260 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
7e45830a 2261
e834272f
JM
2262 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2263
b0e8a05a
JM
2264 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2265 NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2266
b938903e
JM
2267 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2268
2269 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2270 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
9932c17f 2271 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
b938903e
JM
2272 NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2273
b21fab69
JM
2274 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2275 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2276
2277 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2278
2279 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2280 NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2281 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2282 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2283
5645fbdc
JM
2284 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2285
ac184de0 2286 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
5645fbdc 2287 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
ac184de0 2288
5645fbdc
JM
2289 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2290 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2291
2292 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2293
2294
2295 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2296 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2297 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2298 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
ac184de0 2299
da1fb17c
JM
2300 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2301
e572fa33
JM
2302 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2303
a652fc1a
JM
2304 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2305
2306 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2307
9932c17f
JM
2308 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2309
2310 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2311
2312 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2313 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2314
2315 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2316 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2317 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2318 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2319
2320 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2321 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2322
2323 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2324
2325 NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2326 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2327
2328 NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2329
09eac1ac
JM
2330 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2331
2332 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2333
2334 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2335 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2336
d7c53e43
JM
2337 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2338
2339 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2340
ae585928
JM
2341 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2342
2343 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2344
01b350ed
JM
2345 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2346
2347 NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2348
d43331b6
JM
2349 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2350
2351 NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2352
27cf8871
JM
2353 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2354
7598389a
JM
2355 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2356
2357 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2358 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2359
2360 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2361 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2362 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2363
2364 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2365 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2366
257a5152
JM
2367 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2368
278ef89f
JM
2369 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2370 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2371
2372 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2373
2374 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2375
2376 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2377
2378 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2379
2380 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2381
7aec3776
JM
2382 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2383
2384 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2385 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2386
2387 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2388 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2389
2390 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2391 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2392
2393 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2394
2395 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2396 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2397
2398 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2399
d8cc23a4
JM
2400 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2401 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2402
2403 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2404
2405 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2406
2407 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2408 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2409
a8b8379a
JM
2410 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2411 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2412
2413 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2414
2415 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2416 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2417
c8c71b39
JM
2418 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2419
15e2c77d
JM
2420 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2421
2422 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2423 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2424 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2425 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2426 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2427
7a5257bb
JM
2428 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2429
2430 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2431
2432 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2433
2434 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2435
2436 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2437
ad612c2a
JM
2438 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2439
2440 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2441 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2442
2443 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2444
17e729d4
JM
2445 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2446
2447 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2448
2449 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2450
d99619b2
JM
2451 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
2452
2453 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2454
90502909
JM
2455 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2456
e76e950e 2457 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
516059c7
JM
2458
2459 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2460
2461 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2462
ebeca8e3
JM
2463 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2464 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2465 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2466
2467 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2468 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2469
cd8db7c3
JM
2470 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2471
2472 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2473
2474 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2475
2476 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2477
542e7c40
JM
2478 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2479
2480 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2481 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2482
2483 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2484 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2485
3b365d4e
JM
2486 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2487 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2488
2489 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2490 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2491
2492 NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
2493 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2494
03565bc2
JM
2495 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2496 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2497
f8a5fd42
JM
2498 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2499
35057433
JM
2500 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2501
2502 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2503 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2504 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2505 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
2506 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,
2507
2508 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2509
2510 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2511
2512 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2513
2514 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2515
9fcd300d
JM
2516 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2517 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2518
2519 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2520
2521 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2522 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2523 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
74ddd64b
JM
2524 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2525
2526 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
9fcd300d 2527
56ec49c5
JM
2528 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2529 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2530
2531 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2532
78cd7e69
JM
2533 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2534
ca16586a 2535 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
30575183 2536
01cb5df2
JM
2537 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2538 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2539
2540 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2541
2542 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2543
2544 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2545
2546 NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
2547 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2548 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2549
2550 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2551
ca16586a
JM
2552 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2553
2554 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2555
a0563ac6
JM
2556 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2557
2558 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2559
2560 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2561
2562 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2563
2564 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2565
2566 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2567
5ef0b843
JM
2568 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2569 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2570 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2571 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2572
afa453a2
JM
2573 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
2574
7405bb06
JM
2575 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2576
2577 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2578
c6edea0d
JM
2579 NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
2580
2581 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2582
e3227c32
JM
2583 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
2584 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
2585
2586 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
2587 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
2588 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
2589 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
2590
2591 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
2592
e76e950e 2593 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
caaaee07 2594 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
e76e950e
JM
2595 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2596 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2597
2598 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
2599 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
2600
5f2c0a22
JM
2601 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
2602
d07f450d
JM
2603 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
2604
14fa723a
JM
2605 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
2606 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
2607
2608 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
2609
46967736
JM
2610 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
2611 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
2612 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
2613 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
2614 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
2615
2616 NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
2617
99576f6f
JM
2618 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
2619 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
2620
2621 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
2622 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
2623 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
2624
2625 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
2626 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
2627
2628 NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
ebe61e56 2629 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
99576f6f 2630
7e45830a
JM
2631 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
2632
2633 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
ca16586a 2634 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
7e45830a
JM
2635 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2636};
2637
9932c17f
JM
2638/* source-level API compatibility */
2639#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
7aec3776 2640#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
ca16586a 2641#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
e76e950e 2642#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
9932c17f 2643
7e45830a
JM
2644/*
2645 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
2646 * here
2647 */
9932c17f 2648#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
7e45830a
JM
2649#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
2650#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
2651#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
2652#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
b0e8a05a
JM
2653#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
2654#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
2655#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
b21fab69
JM
2656#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
2657#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
2658#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
2659#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
2660#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
2661#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
9932c17f
JM
2662#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
2663#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
2664#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
2665#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
2666#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
2667#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
7a5257bb 2668#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
7e45830a
JM
2669
2670#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
17e729d4 2671#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
a0563ac6 2672#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 64
7e45830a
JM
2673#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
2674#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
2675#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
2676#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
516059c7 2677#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
7e45830a 2678
9932c17f
JM
2679#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
2680#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
2681
e7381b84
JM
2682#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
2683
80518c07
JM
2684/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
2685#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
2686
d99619b2
JM
2687#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
2688
7e45830a
JM
2689/**
2690 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
2691 *
2692 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
2693 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
2694 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
2695 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
7aec3776
JM
2696 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
2697 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
2698 * AP type interface.
7e45830a
JM
2699 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
2700 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
2701 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
7598389a
JM
2702 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
2703 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
90502909
JM
2704 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
2705 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
2706 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
2707 * commands to create and destroy one
d308d1a8
JM
2708 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
2709 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
e76e950e 2710 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
7e45830a 2711 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
7598389a 2712 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
7e45830a
JM
2713 *
2714 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
2715 * to set the type of an interface.
2716 *
2717 */
2718enum nl80211_iftype {
2719 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
2720 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
2721 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
2722 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
2723 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
2724 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
2725 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
2726 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
7598389a
JM
2727 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
2728 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
90502909 2729 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
d308d1a8 2730 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
e76e950e 2731 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
7e45830a
JM
2732
2733 /* keep last */
7598389a
JM
2734 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
2735 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
7e45830a
JM
2736};
2737
2738/**
2739 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
2740 *
2741 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
2742 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
2743 *
7598389a 2744 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
7e45830a
JM
2745 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
2746 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
2747 * with short barker preamble
2748 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
e834272f 2749 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
7aec3776 2750 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
ad612c2a
JM
2751 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
2752 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
2753 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
2754 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
2755 * as errors.)
cd8db7c3
JM
2756 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
2757 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
2758 * previously added station into associated state
7598389a
JM
2759 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
2760 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
7e45830a
JM
2761 */
2762enum nl80211_sta_flags {
2763 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
2764 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
2765 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2766 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
e834272f 2767 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
7aec3776 2768 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
15e2c77d 2769 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
cd8db7c3 2770 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
7e45830a
JM
2771
2772 /* keep last */
2773 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
2774 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
2775};
2776
7405bb06
JM
2777/**
2778 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
2779 *
2780 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
2781 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
2782 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
2783 */
2784enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
2785 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
2786 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
2787
2788 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
2789};
2790
e7381b84
JM
2791#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
2792
a652fc1a
JM
2793/**
2794 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
2795 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
2796 * @set: which values to set them to
2797 *
2798 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
2799 */
2800struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
2801 __u32 mask;
2802 __u32 set;
2803} __attribute__((packed));
2804
c2fef145
JM
2805/**
2806 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
2807 *
2808 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
2809 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
d99619b2
JM
2810 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
2811 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
2812 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
2813 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
2814 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
2815 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
2816 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
c2fef145
JM
2817 *
2818 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2819 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
2820 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
ebeca8e3 2821 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
c2fef145 2822 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
d99619b2 2823 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
c2fef145 2824 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
ebeca8e3
JM
2825 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
2826 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
2827 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
a0563ac6
JM
2828 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
2829 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
ebeca8e3 2830 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
a0563ac6
JM
2831 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
2832 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2833 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
2834 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
2835 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2836 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
c2fef145
JM
2837 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2838 */
2839enum nl80211_rate_info {
2840 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
2841 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
2842 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
2843 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
2844 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
d99619b2 2845 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
ebeca8e3
JM
2846 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
2847 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
2848 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2849 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2850 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
a0563ac6
JM
2851 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
2852 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
c2fef145
JM
2853
2854 /* keep last */
2855 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2856 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2857};
2858
7aec3776
JM
2859/**
2860 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
2861 *
2862 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
2863 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
2864 *
2865 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2866 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
2867 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
2868 * (flag)
2869 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
2870 * (flag)
2871 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
2872 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
2873 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
2874 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2875 */
2876enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
2877 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
2878 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
2879 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2880 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2881 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
2882 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2883
2884 /* keep last */
2885 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
2886 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
2887};
2888
7e45830a
JM
2889/**
2890 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
2891 *
2892 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
2893 * when getting information about a station.
2894 *
2895 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2896 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
a0563ac6
JM
2897 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2898 * (u32, from this station)
2899 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2900 * (u32, to this station)
2901 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2902 * (u64, from this station)
2903 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2904 * (u64, to this station)
c2fef145
JM
2905 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
2906 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
7aec3776 2907 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
a0563ac6
JM
2908 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2909 * (u32, from this station)
2910 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2911 * (u32, to this station)
2912 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
2913 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
2914 * (u32, to this station)
278ef89f 2915 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
7aec3776
JM
2916 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
2917 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
2918 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
2919 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
2920 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
2921 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
2922 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
2923 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
2924 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
7a5257bb 2925 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
ad612c2a 2926 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
93bcb705 2927 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
cd8db7c3
JM
2928 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2929 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
2930 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
2931 * non-peer STA
f8a5fd42
JM
2932 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
2933 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
2934 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
2935 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
01cb5df2
JM
2936 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
2937 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
a0563ac6
JM
2938 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
2939 * (u64)
2940 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
2941 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
2942 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
2943 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
2944 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
2945 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
2946 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
2947 * attributes carrying the actual values.
c6edea0d
JM
2948 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
2949 * received from the station (u64, usec)
2950 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
ebe61e56 2951 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
7aec3776
JM
2952 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
2953 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
7e45830a
JM
2954 */
2955enum nl80211_sta_info {
2956 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
2957 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
2958 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
2959 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
2960 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
2961 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
2962 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
c2fef145
JM
2963 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
2964 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
878ad127
JM
2965 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
2966 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
257a5152
JM
2967 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
2968 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
278ef89f 2969 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
7aec3776
JM
2970 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
2971 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
2972 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
7a5257bb 2973 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
ad612c2a 2974 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
93bcb705 2975 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
cd8db7c3
JM
2976 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
2977 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
2978 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
2979 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
2980 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
f8a5fd42
JM
2981 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
2982 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
01cb5df2 2983 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
a0563ac6
JM
2984 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
2985 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
2986 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
2987 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
c6edea0d
JM
2988 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
2989 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
ebe61e56 2990 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
7e45830a
JM
2991
2992 /* keep last */
2993 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2994 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2995};
2996
a0563ac6
JM
2997/**
2998 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
2999 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3000 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3001 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3002 * attempted to transmit; u64)
3003 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3004 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3005 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3006 * MSDUs (u64)
c6edea0d 3007 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
a0563ac6
JM
3008 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3009 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3010 */
3011enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3012 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3013 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3014 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3015 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3016 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
c6edea0d 3017 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
a0563ac6
JM
3018
3019 /* keep last */
3020 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3021 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3022};
3023
7e45830a
JM
3024/**
3025 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3026 *
3027 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3028 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
09eac1ac 3029 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
7e45830a
JM
3030 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3031 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3032 */
3033enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3034 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
3035 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
09eac1ac 3036 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
7e45830a
JM
3037 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
3038 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
3039};
3040
3041/**
3042 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3043 *
3044 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3045 * information about a mesh path.
3046 *
3047 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
7598389a
JM
3048 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3049 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3050 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3051 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3052 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
7e45830a 3053 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
7598389a
JM
3054 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3055 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3056 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3057 * currently defind
3058 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
7e45830a
JM
3059 */
3060enum nl80211_mpath_info {
3061 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
3062 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
09eac1ac 3063 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
7e45830a
JM
3064 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3065 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
3066 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
3067 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3068 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
3069
3070 /* keep last */
3071 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3072 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3073};
3074
3075/**
3076 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
3077 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3078 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
3079 * an array of nested frequency attributes
3080 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
3081 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
3082 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3083 * defined in 802.11n
3084 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3085 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
3086 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
80518c07
JM
3087 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3088 * defined in 802.11ac
3089 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
7598389a
JM
3090 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3091 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
7e45830a
JM
3092 */
3093enum nl80211_band_attr {
3094 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
3095 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
3096 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
3097
3098 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
3099 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
3100 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
3101 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
3102
80518c07
JM
3103 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
3104 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
3105
7e45830a
JM
3106 /* keep last */
3107 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3108 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3109};
3110
3111#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
3112
3113/**
3114 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
7598389a 3115 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
7e45830a
JM
3116 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
3117 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
3118 * regulatory domain.
9fcd300d
JM
3119 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
3120 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
3121 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
7e45830a
JM
3122 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
3123 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3124 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
3125 * (100 * dBm).
542e7c40
JM
3126 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
3127 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
3128 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
3129 * this channel is in this DFS state.
3130 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
3131 * channel as the control channel
3132 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
3133 * channel as the control channel
3134 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
3135 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
3136 * this includes 80+80 channels
3137 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
3138 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
3139 * isn't possible
78cd7e69 3140 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
30575183
JM
3141 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
3142 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
3143 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
3144 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
3145 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
3146 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
dd9a42ef 3147 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
30575183
JM
3148 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
3149 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
dd9a42ef
JM
3150 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
3151 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
3152 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
3153 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
3154 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
3155 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
3156 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
3157 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
30575183
JM
3158 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
3159 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3160 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
3161 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
7598389a
JM
3162 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
3163 * currently defined
3164 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
30575183
JM
3165 *
3166 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
3167 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
3168 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
dd9a42ef 3169 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
7e45830a
JM
3170 */
3171enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
3172 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
3173 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
3174 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
9fcd300d
JM
3175 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
3176 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
7e45830a
JM
3177 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
3178 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
542e7c40
JM
3179 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
3180 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
3181 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
3182 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
3183 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
3184 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
78cd7e69 3185 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
30575183 3186 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
dd9a42ef 3187 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
30575183
JM
3188 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
3189 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
7e45830a
JM
3190
3191 /* keep last */
3192 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3193 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3194};
3195
3196#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
9fcd300d
JM
3197#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3198#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3199#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
dd9a42ef
JM
3200#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
3201 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
7e45830a
JM
3202
3203/**
3204 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
7598389a 3205 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
7e45830a
JM
3206 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
3207 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
3208 * in 2.4 GHz band.
7598389a
JM
3209 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
3210 * currently defined
3211 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
7e45830a
JM
3212 */
3213enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
3214 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
3215 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
3216 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
3217
3218 /* keep last */
3219 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3220 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3221};
3222
b21fab69
JM
3223/**
3224 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3225 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3226 * regulatory domain.
3227 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
3228 * regulatory domain.
3229 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
3230 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
3231 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
3232 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
278ef89f
JM
3233 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
3234 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
7aec3776 3235 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
278ef89f
JM
3236 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
3237 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
b21fab69
JM
3238 */
3239enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
3240 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
3241 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
3242 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
3243 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
3244};
3245
3246/**
3247 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3248 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3249 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3250 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
3251 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
3252 * domain.
3253 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
3254 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
3255 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
3256 * them to be applied.
3257 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
3258 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
3259 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
3260 * domain request to be processed.
3261 */
3262enum nl80211_reg_type {
3263 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
3264 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
3265 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
3266 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
3267};
3268
7e45830a
JM
3269/**
3270 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
7598389a 3271 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
7e45830a
JM
3272 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
3273 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
3274 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
3275 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
3276 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
3277 * band edge.
3278 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
3279 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
3280 * band edge.
3281 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
78cd7e69 3282 * frequency range, in KHz.
7e45830a
JM
3283 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
3284 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
3285 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
3286 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
3287 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
78cd7e69
JM
3288 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3289 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
7598389a
JM
3290 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
3291 * currently defined
3292 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
7e45830a
JM
3293 */
3294enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
3295 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
3296 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
3297
3298 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
3299 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
3300 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
3301
3302 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
3303 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
3304
78cd7e69
JM
3305 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3306
7e45830a
JM
3307 /* keep last */
3308 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3309 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3310};
3311
a8b8379a
JM
3312/**
3313 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
3314 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3315 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
56ec49c5 3316 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
99576f6f 3317 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
80518c07 3318 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
56ec49c5
JM
3319 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
3320 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
3321 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
3322 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
3323 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
3324 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
3325 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
14fa723a
JM
3326 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
3327 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
3328 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
3329 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
3330 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
3331 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
3332 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
99576f6f
JM
3333 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
3334 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
a8b8379a
JM
3335 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
3336 * attribute number currently defined
3337 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3338 */
3339enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
3340 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
3341
e7381b84 3342 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
80518c07 3343 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
14fa723a
JM
3344 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3345 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
99576f6f 3346 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
a8b8379a
JM
3347
3348 /* keep last */
3349 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3350 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
3351 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3352};
3353
e7381b84
JM
3354/* only for backward compatibility */
3355#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
3356
7e45830a
JM
3357/**
3358 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
3359 *
3360 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
3361 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
3362 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
3363 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
3364 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
3365 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
3366 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
9fcd300d
JM
3367 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
3368 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
3369 * beaconing.
78cd7e69
JM
3370 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
3371 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
3372 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
dd9a42ef 3373 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See &NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
ca16586a
JM
3374 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
3375 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
3376 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
3377 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
7e45830a
JM
3378 */
3379enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
3380 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
3381 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
3382 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
3383 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
3384 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
3385 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
3386 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
9fcd300d
JM
3387 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
3388 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
78cd7e69 3389 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
dd9a42ef 3390 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
ca16586a
JM
3391 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
3392 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
3393 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
3394 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
7e45830a
JM
3395};
3396
9fcd300d
JM
3397#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3398#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3399#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
ca16586a
JM
3400#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
3401 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
dd9a42ef 3402#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
9fcd300d
JM
3403
3404/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
3405#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
3406
ad612c2a
JM
3407/**
3408 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
3409 *
3410 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
e7381b84
JM
3411 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
3412 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
3413 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
ad612c2a
JM
3414 */
3415enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
3416 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
3417 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
3418 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
3419 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3,
3420};
3421
d99619b2
JM
3422/**
3423 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
3424 *
3425 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
3426 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
3427 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
3428 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
3429 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
3430 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
3431 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
3432 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
3433 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
3434 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
3435 * supported feature.
30575183
JM
3436 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
3437 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
d99619b2
JM
3438 */
3439enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
3440 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
3441 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
30575183 3442 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
d99619b2
JM
3443};
3444
09eac1ac
JM
3445/**
3446 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
3447 *
3448 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
3449 * when getting information about a survey.
3450 *
3451 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3452 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
3453 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
257a5152 3454 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
a0563ac6
JM
3455 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
3456 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
3457 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
278ef89f 3458 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
a0563ac6 3459 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
278ef89f 3460 * channel was sensed busy
a0563ac6
JM
3461 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3462 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
3463 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
3464 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
3465 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
3466 * (on this channel or globally)
c6edea0d 3467 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
7598389a
JM
3468 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
3469 * currently defined
3470 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
09eac1ac
JM
3471 */
3472enum nl80211_survey_info {
3473 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
3474 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
3475 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
257a5152 3476 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
a0563ac6
JM
3477 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
3478 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
3479 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
3480 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
3481 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
3482 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
c6edea0d 3483 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
09eac1ac
JM
3484
3485 /* keep last */
3486 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3487 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3488};
3489
a0563ac6
JM
3490/* keep old names for compatibility */
3491#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
3492#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
3493#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
3494#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
3495#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
3496
7e45830a
JM
3497/**
3498 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
3499 *
3500 * Monitor configuration flags.
3501 *
3502 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
3503 *
3504 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
3505 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
3506 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
3507 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
3508 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
3509 * overrides all other flags.
35057433
JM
3510 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
3511 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
7e45830a
JM
3512 *
3513 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3514 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
3515 */
3516enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
3517 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
3518 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
3519 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
3520 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
3521 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
3522 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
35057433 3523 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
7e45830a
JM
3524
3525 /* keep last */
3526 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3527 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3528};
3529
cd8db7c3
JM
3530/**
3531 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
3532 *
3533 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
3534 * not known or has not been set yet.
3535 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
3536 * in Awake state all the time.
3537 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3538 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
3539 * neighbor's beacons.
3540 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3541 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
3542 * for neighbor's beacons.
3543 *
3544 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
3545 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
3546 */
3547
3548enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
3549 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
3550 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
3551 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
3552 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
3553
3554 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
3555 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
3556};
3557
7e45830a
JM
3558/**
3559 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
3560 *
7aec3776
JM
3561 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
3562 * active.
7e45830a
JM
3563 *
3564 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
3565 *
3566 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
e7381b84 3567 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
7e45830a 3568 *
7aec3776 3569 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
e7381b84 3570 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
7e45830a
JM
3571 *
3572 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
e7381b84 3573 * millisecond units
7e45830a
JM
3574 *
3575 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
e7381b84 3576 * on this mesh interface
7e45830a
JM
3577 *
3578 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
e7381b84
JM
3579 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
3580 * mesh
7e45830a
JM
3581 *
3582 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
e7381b84 3583 * point.
7e45830a 3584 *
3b365d4e
JM
3585 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
3586 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
3587 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
3588 * set.
7e45830a
JM
3589 *
3590 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
e7381b84
JM
3591 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
3592 * target)
7e45830a
JM
3593 *
3594 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
e7381b84 3595 * (in milliseconds)
7e45830a
JM
3596 *
3597 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
e7381b84 3598 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
7e45830a
JM
3599 *
3600 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
e7381b84
JM
3601 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
3602 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
7e45830a
JM
3603 *
3604 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
e7381b84
JM
3605 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
3606 * reference element
7e45830a
JM
3607 *
3608 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
e7381b84
JM
3609 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
3610 * mesh
7e45830a 3611 *
7aec3776
JM
3612 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
3613 *
3614 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
e7381b84 3615 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
09eac1ac 3616 *
d8cc23a4 3617 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
e7381b84 3618 * root announcements are transmitted.
d8cc23a4
JM
3619 *
3620 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
e7381b84
JM
3621 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
3622 * Announcement frames.
d8cc23a4 3623 *
ad612c2a 3624 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
e7381b84
JM
3625 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
3626 * PERR element.
ad612c2a
JM
3627 *
3628 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
e7381b84 3629 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
ad612c2a 3630 *
17e729d4 3631 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
e7381b84
JM
3632 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
3633 * a peer link.
3634 *
3635 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
3636 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
3637 * (see 11C.12.2.2)
3638 *
3639 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
17e729d4 3640 *
7e45830a
JM
3641 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
3642 *
e7381b84
JM
3643 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
3644 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
3645 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
3646 *
3647 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
3648 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
3649 *
3650 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
3651 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
3652 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
93bcb705 3653 *
cd8db7c3
JM
3654 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
3655 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
3656 *
3657 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
3658 *
35057433
JM
3659 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
3660 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
a0563ac6
JM
3661 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
3662 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
35057433 3663 *
7e45830a
JM
3664 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3665 */
3666enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
3667 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
3668 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
3669 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
3670 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
3671 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
3672 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
3673 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
3674 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
3675 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
3676 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
3677 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3678 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
3679 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
3680 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
09eac1ac 3681 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
278ef89f 3682 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
d8cc23a4
JM
3683 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
3684 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
ad612c2a
JM
3685 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
3686 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
17e729d4 3687 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
93bcb705 3688 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
e7381b84
JM
3689 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
3690 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
3691 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
3692 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
cd8db7c3
JM
3693 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
3694 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
35057433 3695 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
7e45830a
JM
3696
3697 /* keep last */
3698 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3699 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3700};
3701
7aec3776
JM
3702/**
3703 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
3704 *
3705 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
3706 * changed while the mesh is active.
3707 *
3708 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
3709 *
3710 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
e7381b84
JM
3711 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
3712 * default HWMP.
7aec3776
JM
3713 *
3714 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
e7381b84
JM
3715 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
3716 * metric.
7aec3776
JM
3717 *
3718 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
e7381b84
JM
3719 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
3720 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
3721 * metrics in use.
7aec3776
JM
3722 *
3723 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
e7381b84 3724 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
7aec3776
JM
3725 *
3726 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
e7381b84
JM
3727 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
3728 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
3729 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
3730 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
3731 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
3732 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
3733 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
3734 * userspace daemon.
93bcb705
JM
3735 *
3736 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
e7381b84
JM
3737 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
3738 * neighbor offset synchronization
3739 *
3b365d4e
JM
3740 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
3741 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
3742 *
f8a5fd42
JM
3743 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
3744 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
3745 * Default is no authentication method required.
3746 *
e7381b84 3747 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
93bcb705 3748 *
7aec3776
JM
3749 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
3750 */
3751enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
3752 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
3753 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
3754 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
3755 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
3756 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
3757 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
93bcb705 3758 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
3b365d4e 3759 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
f8a5fd42 3760 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
7aec3776
JM
3761
3762 /* keep last */
3763 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3764 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3765};
3766
7e45830a
JM
3767/**
3768 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
3769 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
93bcb705 3770 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
7e45830a
JM
3771 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
3772 * disabled
3773 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
3774 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3775 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
3776 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3777 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
3778 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
3779 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
3780 */
3781enum nl80211_txq_attr {
3782 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
93bcb705 3783 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
7e45830a
JM
3784 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
3785 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
3786 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
3787 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
3788
3789 /* keep last */
3790 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3791 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3792};
3793
93bcb705
JM
3794enum nl80211_ac {
3795 NL80211_AC_VO,
3796 NL80211_AC_VI,
3797 NL80211_AC_BE,
3798 NL80211_AC_BK,
3799 NL80211_NUM_ACS
7e45830a
JM
3800};
3801
93bcb705
JM
3802/* backward compat */
3803#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
3804#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
3805#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
3806#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
3807#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
3808
ebeca8e3
JM
3809/**
3810 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
3811 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3812 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
3813 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3814 * below the control channel
3815 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3816 * above the control channel
3817 */
ac43f1fa
JM
3818enum nl80211_channel_type {
3819 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
3820 NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
3821 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
3822 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
7e45830a 3823};
b938903e 3824
ebeca8e3
JM
3825/**
3826 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
3827 *
3828 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
3829 * attribute.
3830 *
3831 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3832 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
3833 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3834 * attribute must be provided as well
3835 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3836 * attribute must be provided as well
3837 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3838 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
3839 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3840 * attribute must be provided as well
35057433
JM
3841 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
3842 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
ebeca8e3
JM
3843 */
3844enum nl80211_chan_width {
3845 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
3846 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3847 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
3848 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
3849 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
3850 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
35057433
JM
3851 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
3852 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3853};
3854
3855/**
3856 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
3857 *
3858 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
3859 *
3860 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
3861 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
3862 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
3863 */
3864enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
3865 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3866 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3867 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
ebeca8e3
JM
3868};
3869
b938903e
JM
3870/**
3871 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
3872 *
3873 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
7598389a 3874 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
b938903e
JM
3875 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
3876 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
01cb5df2
JM
3877 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
3878 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
3879 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
b938903e
JM
3880 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
3881 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
3882 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
ae585928 3883 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
01cb5df2
JM
3884 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
3885 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
3886 * they are from a Beacon frame.
ae585928
JM
3887 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
3888 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
01cb5df2
JM
3889 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
3890 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
b938903e
JM
3891 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
3892 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
3893 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
3894 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
9932c17f 3895 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
b3ad11bb 3896 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
ae585928
JM
3897 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
3898 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
3899 * yet been received
35057433
JM
3900 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
3901 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
01cb5df2
JM
3902 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
3903 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
3904 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
3905 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
5ef0b843
JM
3906 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
3907 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
3908 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
c6edea0d 3909 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
e3227c32
JM
3910 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
3911 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
3912 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
3913 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
3914 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
3915 * is set.
99576f6f
JM
3916 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
3917 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
3918 * using the nesting index as the antenna number.
b938903e
JM
3919 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
3920 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
3921 */
3922enum nl80211_bss {
3923 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
3924 NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
3925 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
3926 NL80211_BSS_TSF,
3927 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3928 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
3929 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
3930 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
3931 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
9932c17f 3932 NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
b3ad11bb 3933 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
ae585928 3934 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
35057433 3935 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
01cb5df2
JM
3936 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
3937 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
5ef0b843 3938 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
c6edea0d 3939 NL80211_BSS_PAD,
e3227c32
JM
3940 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
3941 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
99576f6f 3942 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
b938903e
JM
3943
3944 /* keep last */
3945 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
3946 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
3947};
3948
9932c17f
JM
3949/**
3950 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
7598389a 3951 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
a0563ac6
JM
3952 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
3953 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
3954 * a given BSS.
7598389a
JM
3955 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
3956 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
3957 *
3958 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
3959 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
9932c17f
JM
3960 */
3961enum nl80211_bss_status {
3962 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
3963 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
3964 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
3965};
3966
b21fab69
JM
3967/**
3968 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
3969 *
3970 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
3971 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
3972 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
3973 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
516059c7 3974 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
e76e950e
JM
3975 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
3976 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
3977 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
9932c17f
JM
3978 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
3979 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
3980 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
3981 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
3982 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
b21fab69
JM
3983 */
3984enum nl80211_auth_type {
3985 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
3986 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
3987 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
3988 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
516059c7 3989 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
e76e950e
JM
3990 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
3991 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
3992 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
9932c17f
JM
3993
3994 /* keep last */
3995 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
3996 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
3997 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
b21fab69 3998};
ac184de0
JM
3999
4000/**
4001 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
4002 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
4003 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
4004 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
257a5152 4005 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
ac184de0
JM
4006 */
4007enum nl80211_key_type {
4008 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
4009 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
4010 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
257a5152
JM
4011
4012 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
ac184de0
JM
4013};
4014
e572fa33
JM
4015/**
4016 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
4017 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
4018 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
99576f6f 4019 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
e572fa33
JM
4020 */
4021enum nl80211_mfp {
4022 NL80211_MFP_NO,
4023 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
99576f6f 4024 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
e572fa33
JM
4025};
4026
9932c17f
JM
4027enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
4028 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
4029 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
4030};
4031
278ef89f
JM
4032/**
4033 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
4034 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
4035 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
4036 * unicast key
4037 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
4038 * multicast key
4039 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
4040 */
4041enum nl80211_key_default_types {
4042 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
4043 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
4044 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
4045
4046 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
4047};
4048
9932c17f
JM
4049/**
4050 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
4051 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
4052 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
4053 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
4054 * keys
4055 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
4056 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
4057 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
4058 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
4059 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
4060 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
4061 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
257a5152
JM
4062 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
4063 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
4064 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
278ef89f
JM
4065 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
4066 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
4067 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
9932c17f
JM
4068 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
4069 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
4070 */
4071enum nl80211_key_attributes {
4072 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
4073 NL80211_KEY_DATA,
4074 NL80211_KEY_IDX,
4075 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
4076 NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
4077 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
4078 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
257a5152 4079 NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
278ef89f 4080 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
9932c17f
JM
4081
4082 /* keep last */
4083 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
4084 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
4085};
4086
ae585928
JM
4087/**
4088 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
4089 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
4090 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4091 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
4092 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
4093 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
9fcd300d 4094 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
17e729d4 4095 * in an array of MCS numbers.
9fcd300d
JM
4096 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4097 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
56ec49c5 4098 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
ae585928
JM
4099 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
4100 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
4101 */
4102enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
4103 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
4104 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
9fcd300d
JM
4105 NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
4106 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
56ec49c5 4107 NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
ae585928
JM
4108
4109 /* keep last */
4110 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
4111 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
4112};
4113
9fcd300d
JM
4114#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
4115#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
4116
4117/**
4118 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4119 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4120 */
4121struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
4122 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
4123};
4124
56ec49c5
JM
4125enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
4126 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
4127 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
4128 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
4129};
4130
ae585928
JM
4131/**
4132 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
7598389a
JM
4133 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
4134 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
80518c07 4135 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 64.80 GHz)
c6edea0d
JM
4136 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
4137 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
ae585928
JM
4138 */
4139enum nl80211_band {
4140 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
4141 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
80518c07 4142 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
c6edea0d
JM
4143
4144 NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
ae585928
JM
4145};
4146
e7381b84
JM
4147/**
4148 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
4149 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
4150 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
4151 */
d43331b6
JM
4152enum nl80211_ps_state {
4153 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
4154 NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
4155};
4156
4157/**
4158 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
4159 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
4160 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
4161 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
caaaee07
JM
4162 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
4163 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
4164 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
4165 * crosses any of the thresholds.
d43331b6
JM
4166 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
4167 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
4168 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
4169 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
278ef89f
JM
4170 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
4171 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
d99619b2
JM
4172 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
4173 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
4174 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
4175 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
4176 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
4177 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
4178 * checked.
4179 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
4180 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
4181 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
4182 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
ca16586a
JM
4183 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
4184 * loss event
caaaee07
JM
4185 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
4186 * RSSI threshold event.
d43331b6
JM
4187 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
4188 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
4189 */
4190enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
4191 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
4192 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
4193 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
4194 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
278ef89f 4195 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
d99619b2
JM
4196 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
4197 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
4198 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
ca16586a 4199 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
caaaee07 4200 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
d43331b6
JM
4201
4202 /* keep last */
4203 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
4204 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
4205};
4206
4207/**
4208 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
7598389a 4209 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
d43331b6 4210 * configured threshold
7598389a 4211 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
d43331b6 4212 * configured threshold
ca16586a 4213 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
d43331b6
JM
4214 */
4215enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
4216 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
4217 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
e7381b84 4218 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
d43331b6
JM
4219};
4220
7598389a
JM
4221
4222/**
4223 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
4224 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
4225 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
4226 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
4227 */
4228enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
4229 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
4230 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
4231 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
4232};
4233
7aec3776 4234/**
35057433
JM
4235 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
4236 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4237 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
7aec3776 4238 * a zero bit are ignored
35057433 4239 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
7aec3776
JM
4240 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
4241 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
4242 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
4243 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
4244 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
4245 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
542e7c40 4246 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
7aec3776
JM
4247 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
4248 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
4249 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
35057433 4250 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
542e7c40 4251 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
35057433
JM
4252 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
4253 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
7aec3776 4254 */
35057433
JM
4255enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
4256 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
4257 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
4258 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
4259 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
7aec3776 4260
35057433
JM
4261 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
4262 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
7aec3776
JM
4263};
4264
4265/**
35057433 4266 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
7aec3776
JM
4267 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
4268 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
4269 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
542e7c40 4270 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
7aec3776
JM
4271 *
4272 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
35057433
JM
4273 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
4274 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
4275 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
4276 * by the kernel to userspace.
7aec3776 4277 */
35057433 4278struct nl80211_pattern_support {
7aec3776
JM
4279 __u32 max_patterns;
4280 __u32 min_pattern_len;
4281 __u32 max_pattern_len;
542e7c40 4282 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
7aec3776
JM
4283} __attribute__((packed));
4284
35057433
JM
4285/* only for backward compatibility */
4286#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
4287#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4288#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
4289#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
4290#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
4291#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
4292#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
4293
7aec3776
JM
4294/**
4295 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
4296 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4297 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
4298 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
4299 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
a0563ac6
JM
4300 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
4301 * any others are even supported by the device.
7aec3776
JM
4302 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
4303 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
4304 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
4305 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
4306 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
4307 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
4308 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
542e7c40
JM
4309 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
4310 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
4311 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
4312 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
7aec3776
JM
4313 *
4314 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
35057433 4315 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
cd8db7c3
JM
4316 *
4317 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
4318 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
4319 * to the kernel when configuring.
d8cc23a4
JM
4320 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
4321 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
4322 * by the device (flag)
4323 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
4324 * done by the device) (flag)
4325 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
4326 * packet (flag)
4327 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
4328 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
4329 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
cd8db7c3
JM
4330 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
4331 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
4332 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
4333 * attribute contains the original length.
4334 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
4335 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
4336 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4337 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
4338 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
4339 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
4340 * contains the original length.
4341 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
4342 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
4343 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
542e7c40
JM
4344 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
4345 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
4346 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
4347 * the TCP connection.
4348 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
4349 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
4350 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
4351 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
4352 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
4353 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
4354 * service
ca16586a
JM
4355 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
4356 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
4357 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
a0563ac6
JM
4358 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
4359 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
4360 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
4361 * attribute is also sent in a response to
4362 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
4363 * supported by the driver (u32).
ca16586a
JM
4364 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
4365 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
4366 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
4367 * that the information is not available. If more than one
4368 * element is present, it means that more than one match
4369 * occurred.
4370 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
4371 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
4372 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
4373 * these attributes must be present. If
4374 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
4375 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
4376 * channel.
7aec3776
JM
4377 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
4378 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
cd8db7c3
JM
4379 *
4380 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
4381 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
7aec3776
JM
4382 */
4383enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
4384 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
4385 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
4386 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
4387 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
4388 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
d8cc23a4
JM
4389 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
4390 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
4391 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
4392 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
4393 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
cd8db7c3
JM
4394 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
4395 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
4396 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
4397 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
542e7c40
JM
4398 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
4399 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
4400 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
4401 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
ca16586a
JM
4402 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
4403 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
7aec3776
JM
4404
4405 /* keep last */
4406 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
4407 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
4408};
4409
542e7c40
JM
4410/**
4411 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
4412 *
4413 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
4414 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
4415 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
4416 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
4417 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
4418 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
4419 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
4420 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
4421 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
4422 *
4423 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
4424 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
4425 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
4426 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
4427 * also woken up.
4428 *
4429 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
4430 * response packets might not go through correctly.
4431 */
4432
4433/**
4434 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
4435 * @start: starting value
4436 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
4437 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
4438 *
4439 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
4440 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
4441 * in little endian.
4442 */
4443struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
4444 __u32 start, offset, len;
4445};
4446
4447/**
4448 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
4449 * @offset: offset of token in packet
4450 * @len: length of each token
4451 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
4452 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
4453 */
4454struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
4455 __u32 offset, len;
4456 __u8 token_stream[];
4457};
4458
4459/**
4460 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
4461 * @min_len: minimum token length
4462 * @max_len: maximum token length
4463 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
4464 */
4465struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
4466 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
4467};
4468
4469/**
4470 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
4471 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4472 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
4473 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
4474 * (in network byte order)
4475 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
4476 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
4477 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
4478 * might require ARP querying.
4479 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
4480 * socket and port will be allocated
4481 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
4482 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
4483 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4484 * of the data payload.
4485 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
4486 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
4487 * advertising it is just a flag
4488 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
4489 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
4490 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
4491 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
4492 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
4493 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
4494 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4495 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
35057433 4496 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
542e7c40
JM
4497 * but on the TCP payload only.
4498 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
4499 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
4500 */
4501enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
4502 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
4503 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
4504 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
4505 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
4506 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
4507 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
4508 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
4509 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
4510 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
4511 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
4512 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
4513 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
4514
4515 /* keep last */
4516 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
4517 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
4518};
4519
35057433
JM
4520/**
4521 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
4522 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
4523 * @pat: packet pattern support information
4524 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4525 *
4526 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
4527 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
4528 */
4529struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
4530 __u32 max_rules;
4531 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
4532 __u32 max_delay;
4533} __attribute__((packed));
4534
4535/**
4536 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
4537 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4538 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
4539 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
4540 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
4541 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
4542 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4543 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
4544 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
4545 */
4546enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
4547 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
4548 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
4549 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
4550 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
4551
4552 /* keep last */
4553 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
4554 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
4555};
4556
4557/**
4558 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
4559 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
4560 * in a rule are matched.
4561 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
4562 * in a rule are not matched.
4563 */
4564enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
4565 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
4566 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
4567};
4568
7aec3776
JM
4569/**
4570 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
4571 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4572 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
4573 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
4574 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
4575 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
4576 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
4577 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
4578 */
4579enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
4580 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
4581 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
4582 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
4583
4584 /* keep last */
4585 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
4586 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
4587};
4588
4589/**
4590 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
4591 *
4592 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4593 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
4594 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
4595 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
4596 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
4597 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
4598 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
4599 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
4600 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
4601 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
4602 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
4603 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
4604 * different channels may be used within this group.
cd8db7c3
JM
4605 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4606 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
01cb5df2
JM
4607 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4608 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
e76e950e
JM
4609 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
4610 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
4611 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
7aec3776
JM
4612 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
4613 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
4614 *
4615 * Examples:
4616 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
4617 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
4618 *
e76e950e
JM
4619 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
4620 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
7aec3776
JM
4621 *
4622 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
4623 * => allows two STAs on different channels
4624 *
4625 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
4626 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
4627 *
4628 * The list of these four possiblities could completely be contained
4629 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
4630 * that any of these groups must match.
4631 *
4632 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
4633 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
4634 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
4635 * interface type, the following group always exists:
4636 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
4637 */
4638enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
4639 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
4640 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
4641 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
4642 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
4643 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
cd8db7c3 4644 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
01cb5df2 4645 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
e76e950e 4646 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
7aec3776
JM
4647
4648 /* keep last */
4649 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
4650 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
4651};
4652
4653
4654/**
4655 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
4656 *
4657 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
4658 * state of non existant mesh peer links
4659 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
4660 * this mesh peer
4661 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
4662 * from this mesh peer
4663 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
4664 * received from this mesh peer
4665 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
4666 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
4667 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
4668 * plink are discarded
4669 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
4670 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
4671 */
4672enum nl80211_plink_state {
4673 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
4674 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
4675 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
4676 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
4677 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
4678 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
4679 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
4680
4681 /* keep last */
4682 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
4683 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
4684};
4685
3b365d4e
JM
4686/**
4687 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
4688 *
4689 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
4690 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
4691 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
4692 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
4693 */
4694enum plink_actions {
4695 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
4696 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
4697 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
4698
4699 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
4700};
4701
4702
7aec3776
JM
4703#define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
4704#define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
4705#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
4706
4707/**
4708 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
4709 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4710 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
4711 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
4712 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
4713 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
4714 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
4715 */
4716enum nl80211_rekey_data {
4717 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
4718 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
4719 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
4720 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
4721
4722 /* keep last */
4723 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
4724 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
4725};
4726
d8cc23a4
JM
4727/**
4728 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
4729 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
4730 * Beacon frames)
4731 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
4732 * in Beacon frames
4733 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
4734 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
4735 */
4736enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
4737 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
4738 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
4739 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
4740};
4741
a8b8379a
JM
4742/**
4743 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
4744 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
c8c71b39
JM
4745 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
4746 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
4747 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
4748 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
a8b8379a
JM
4749 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
4750 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
4751 */
4752enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
4753 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
4754 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
4755 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
4756
4757 /* keep last */
4758 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
4759 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
4760};
4761
c8c71b39
JM
4762/**
4763 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
4764 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4765 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
4766 * priority)
4767 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
4768 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
4769 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
4770 * (internal)
4771 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
4772 * (internal)
4773 */
4774enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
4775 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
4776 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
4777 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
4778 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
4779
4780 /* keep last */
4781 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
4782 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
4783};
4784
15e2c77d
JM
4785/**
4786 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
4787 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
4788 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
4789 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
4790 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
4791 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
4792 */
4793enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
4794 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
4795 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
4796 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
4797 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
4798 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
4799};
4800
7a5257bb
JM
4801/*
4802 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
4803 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
4804 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
4805enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
4806};
4807 */
4808
4809/**
4810 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
4811 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
4812 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
4813 * socket option.
ad612c2a 4814 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
17e729d4
JM
4815 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
4816 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
d99619b2
JM
4817 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
4818 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
4819 * cellular base stations.
01cb5df2
JM
4820 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
4821 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
516059c7
JM
4822 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
4823 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
4824 * mode
4825 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
4826 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
4827 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
3d83a6b9
JM
4828 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
4829 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
4830 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
4831 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
ebeca8e3
JM
4832 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
4833 * setting
4834 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
4835 * powersave
cd8db7c3
JM
4836 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
4837 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
4838 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
4839 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
4840 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
4841 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
4842 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
4843 * states using station flags.
4844 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
4845 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
4846 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
542e7c40
JM
4847 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
4848 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
3b365d4e
JM
4849 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
4850 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
4851 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
4852 * still generated by the driver.
35057433
JM
4853 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
4854 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
4855 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
4856 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
30575183
JM
4857 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
4858 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
4859 * lifetime of a BSS.
01cb5df2
JM
4860 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
4861 * Set IE to probe requests.
4862 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
4863 * to probe requests.
4864 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
4865 * requests sent to it by an AP.
4866 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
4867 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
4868 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
4869 * Measurement Report action frame.
4870 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
4871 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
4872 * to enable dynack.
4873 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
4874 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4875 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
4876 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
4877 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4878 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
4879 * rts/cts handshake.
d308d1a8
JM
4880 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
4881 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
4882 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
4883 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
4884 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
4885 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
4886 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
ca16586a
JM
4887 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
4888 * operating as a TDLS peer.
4889 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
4890 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
4891 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
4892 * address mask/value will be used.
4893 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
4894 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
4895 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
4896 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
4897 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
4898 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
4899 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
4900 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
7a5257bb
JM
4901 */
4902enum nl80211_feature_flags {
90502909
JM
4903 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
4904 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
4905 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
4906 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
01cb5df2 4907 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
516059c7
JM
4908 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
4909 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
4910 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
4911 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
3d83a6b9
JM
4912 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
4913 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
ebeca8e3
JM
4914 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
4915 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
542e7c40
JM
4916 /* bit 13 is reserved */
4917 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
4918 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
3b365d4e 4919 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
35057433 4920 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
30575183 4921 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
01cb5df2
JM
4922 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
4923 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
4924 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
4925 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
4926 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
4927 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
4928 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
d308d1a8
JM
4929 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
4930 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
ca16586a
JM
4931 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
4932 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
4933 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
4934 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 31,
7a5257bb
JM
4935};
4936
a0563ac6
JM
4937/**
4938 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
4939 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
7405bb06
JM
4940 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
4941 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
4942 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
4943 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
4944 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
e3227c32
JM
4945 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
4946 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
4947 * certain groups which can be configured by the
4948 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
4949 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
4950 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
4951 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
4952 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
4953 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
4954 * (if available).
4955 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
4956 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
4957 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
4958 * (if available).
4959 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
4960 * channel dwell time.
e76e950e
JM
4961 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
4962 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
4963 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
4964 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
4965 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
4966 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
4967 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
4968 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
14fa723a
JM
4969 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
4970 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
4971 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
4972 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
4973 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
4974 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
4975 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
caaaee07
JM
4976 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
4977 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
4978 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
46967736
JM
4979 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
4980 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
99576f6f
JM
4981 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
4982 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
4983 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
4984 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
4985 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
4986 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
4987 * be supported.
4988 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
4989 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
4990 * actual dwell time.
4991 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
4992 * response
4993 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
4994 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
4995 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
4996 * probe request tx deferral and suppression
4997 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
4998 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
4999 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
5000 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
5001 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
a0563ac6
JM
5002 *
5003 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
5004 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
5005 */
5006enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
5007 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
7405bb06 5008 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
e3227c32
JM
5009 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
5010 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
5011 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
5012 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
e76e950e
JM
5013 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
5014 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
5015 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
5016 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
14fa723a
JM
5017 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
5018 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
5019 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
caaaee07 5020 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
46967736 5021 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
99576f6f
JM
5022 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
5023 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
5024 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
5025 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
5026 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
5027 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
5028 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5029 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
5030 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
5031 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
a0563ac6
JM
5032
5033 /* add new features before the definition below */
5034 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
5035 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
5036};
5037
7a5257bb
JM
5038/**
5039 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
5040 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
5041 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
5042 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
5043 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
5044 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
5045 * to the host.
5046 *
5047 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
5048 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
5049 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
5050 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
5051 */
5052enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
5053 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
5054 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
5055 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
5056 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
5057};
5058
90502909
JM
5059/**
5060 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
5061 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
5062 * handled by the AP is reached.
cd8db7c3 5063 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
90502909
JM
5064 */
5065enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
5066 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
5067 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
5068};
5069
14fa723a
JM
5070/**
5071 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
5072 *
5073 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
5074 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
5075 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
5076 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
5077 */
5078enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
5079 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
5080 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
5081 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
5082 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
5083};
5084
516059c7
JM
5085/**
5086 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
5087 *
5088 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
5089 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
5090 * requests.
5091 *
99576f6f
JM
5092 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
5093 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
5094 * one of them can be used in the request.
5095 *
516059c7
JM
5096 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
5097 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
5098 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
5099 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
5100 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
5101 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
5102 * when really needed
ca16586a
JM
5103 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
5104 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
5105 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
5106 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
5107 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
5108 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
5109 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
5110 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
5111 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
99576f6f
JM
5112 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
5113 * request parameters IE in the probe request
5114 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
5115 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
5116 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is dicovered in the channel,
5117 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
5118 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
5119 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
5120 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
5121 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
5122 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
5123 * SSID and/or RSSI.
5124 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
5125 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
5126 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
5127 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
5128 * impacted with this flag.
5129 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
5130 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
5131 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
5132 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
5133 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
5134 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
5135 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
5136 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
516059c7
JM
5137 */
5138enum nl80211_scan_flags {
99576f6f
JM
5139 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
5140 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
5141 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
5142 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
5143 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4,
5144 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5,
5145 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6,
5146 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7,
5147 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8,
5148 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9,
5149 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10,
516059c7
JM
5150};
5151
cd8db7c3
JM
5152/**
5153 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
5154 *
5155 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
5156 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
5157 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
5158 *
5159 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
5160 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
5161 * in ACL to authenticate.
5162 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
5163 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
5164 */
5165enum nl80211_acl_policy {
5166 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
5167 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
5168};
5169
01cb5df2
JM
5170/**
5171 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
5172 *
5173 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
5174 *
5175 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
5176 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
5177 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
5178 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
5179 */
5180enum nl80211_smps_mode {
5181 NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
5182 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
5183 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
5184
5185 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
5186 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
5187};
5188
542e7c40
JM
5189/**
5190 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
5191 *
5192 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
5193 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
5194 *
5195 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
5196 * now unusable.
5197 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
5198 * the channel is now available.
5199 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
5200 * change to the channel status.
5201 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
5202 * over, channel becomes usable.
caaaee07
JM
5203 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
5204 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
5205 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
5206 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
542e7c40
JM
5207 */
5208enum nl80211_radar_event {
5209 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
5210 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
5211 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
5212 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
caaaee07 5213 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
542e7c40
JM
5214};
5215
5216/**
5217 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
5218 *
5219 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
5220 *
35057433 5221 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
542e7c40 5222 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
35057433 5223 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
542e7c40 5224 * is therefore marked as not available.
35057433 5225 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
542e7c40 5226 */
542e7c40
JM
5227enum nl80211_dfs_state {
5228 NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
5229 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
5230 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
5231};
5232
3b365d4e
JM
5233/**
5234 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
5235 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
5236 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
5237 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
5238 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
5239 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
5240 */
5241enum nl80211_protocol_features {
5242 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
5243};
5244
03565bc2
JM
5245/**
5246 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
5247 *
5248 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
5249 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
5250 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
5251 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
5252 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
5253 */
5254enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
5255 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
5256 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
5257 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
5258 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
5259 /* add other protocols before this one */
5260 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
5261};
5262
5263/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
5264#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
5265
35057433
JM
5266/**
5267 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
5268 *
5269 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
5270 *
5271 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
5272 */
5273enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
5274 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
5275};
5276
9fcd300d
JM
5277/*
5278 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
5279 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
5280 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
5281 */
5282#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
5283
5284/**
5285 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
5286 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
5287 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
5288 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
5289 * added to this file when needed.
5290 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
5291 */
5292struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
5293 __u32 vendor_id;
5294 __u32 subcmd;
5295};
5296
78cd7e69
JM
5297/**
5298 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
5299 *
5300 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
5301 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
5302 *
5303 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
5304 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
5305 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
5306 */
5307enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
5308 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
5309 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
5310 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
5311};
5312
5ef0b843
JM
5313/**
5314 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
5315 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
5316 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
5317 * seconds (u32).
5318 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
5319 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
5320 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
5321 * make the scan plan meaningless.
5322 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
5323 * currently defined
5324 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5325 */
5326enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
5327 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
5328 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
5329 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
5330
5331 /* keep last */
5332 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
5333 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
5334 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
5335};
5336
7405bb06
JM
5337/**
5338 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
5339 *
d07f450d
JM
5340 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
5341 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
5342 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
7405bb06
JM
5343 */
5344struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
5345 __u8 band;
5346 __s8 delta;
5347} __attribute__((packed));
5348
5349/**
5350 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
5351 *
5352 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
5353 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
5354 * is requested.
5355 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
5356 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
5357 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
5358 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
5359 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
5360 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
5361 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
5362 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
5363 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
5364 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
5365 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
5366 *
5367 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
5368 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
5369 * which the driver shall use.
5370 */
5371enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
5372 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
5373 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
5374 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
5375 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
5376
5377 /* keep last */
5378 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5379 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5380};
5381
e76e950e
JM
5382/**
5383 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
5384 *
5385 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
5386 *
5387 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
5388 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
5389 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
5390 */
5391enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
5392 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
5393 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
5394 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
5395
5396 /* keep last */
5397 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
5398 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
5399};
5400
5401/**
5402 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
5403 *
5404 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
5405 *
5406 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
5407 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
5408 */
5409enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
5410 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
5411 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
5412};
5413
5414/**
5415 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
5416 *
5417 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
5418 *
5419 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
5420 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
5421 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
5422 */
5423enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
5424 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
5425 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
5426 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
5427};
5428
5429#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
5430#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
5431#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
5432
5433/**
5434 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
5435 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
5436 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
5437 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
5438 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
5439 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
5440 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
5441 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
5442 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
5443 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
5444 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
5445 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
5446 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
5447 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
5448 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
5449 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
5450 * is follow up. This is a u8.
5451 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
5452 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
5453 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
5454 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
5455 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
5456 * This is a flag.
5457 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
5458 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
5459 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
5460 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
5461 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
5462 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
5463 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
5464 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5465 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
5466 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5467 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
5468 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
5469 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
5470 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
5471 *
5472 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
5473 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
5474 */
5475enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
5476 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
5477 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
5478 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
5479 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
5480 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
5481 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
5482 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
5483 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
5484 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
5485 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
5486 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
5487 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
5488 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
5489 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
5490 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
5491 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
5492 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
5493
5494 /* keep last */
5495 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
5496 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
5497};
5498
5499/**
5500 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
5501 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
5502 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
5503 * This is a flag.
5504 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
5505 * &NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
5506 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
5507 * &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
5508 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
5509 * and only if &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
5510 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
5511 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
5512 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
5513 */
5514enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
5515 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
5516 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
5517 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
5518 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
5519 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
5520
5521 /* keep last */
5522 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
5523 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
5524};
5525
5526/**
5527 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
5528 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
5529 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
5530 * match. This is a nested attribute.
5531 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5532 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
5533 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
5534 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5535 *
5536 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
5537 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
5538 */
5539enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
5540 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
5541 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
5542 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
5543
5544 /* keep last */
5545 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
5546 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
5547};
5548
99576f6f
JM
5549/**
5550 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
5551 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
5552 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
5553 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
5554 */
5555enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
5556 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
5557 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
5558};
5559
7e45830a 5560#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */